1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 01, 02, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
105 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
108 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
110 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
111 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
116 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
118 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
119 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
121 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
124 #if defined USE_MOTIF
125 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
126 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
132 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
133 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
161 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
165 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
170 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
172 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
174 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 static int any_help_event_p
;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
182 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
219 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
220 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
222 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
224 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
225 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
226 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
228 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
232 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
233 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
234 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
235 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
237 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
239 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
240 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
241 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
242 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
243 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
244 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
245 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
246 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
247 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
250 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
252 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
253 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
255 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
257 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
258 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
261 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
262 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
265 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
267 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
268 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
269 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
270 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
271 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
272 it's somewhat accurate. */
274 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
276 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
280 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
282 static int input_signal_count
;
285 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
287 static int x_noop_count
;
289 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
291 extern char **initial_argv
;
292 extern int initial_argc
;
294 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
296 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
298 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
304 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
306 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
308 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
310 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
311 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
312 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
317 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
318 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
320 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
321 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
322 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
323 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
324 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
325 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
327 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
328 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
329 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
330 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
333 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
334 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
338 struct display
*x_create_frame_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
339 void x_delete_frame_display
P_ ((struct display
*));
340 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
341 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
342 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
347 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
351 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
361 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
362 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
363 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
364 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
374 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
386 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
387 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
388 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
389 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
391 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
392 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
397 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
398 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
399 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
400 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
401 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
404 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
407 /***********************************************************************
409 ***********************************************************************/
413 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
414 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
422 struct record event_record
[100];
424 int event_record_index
;
426 record_event (locus
, type
)
430 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
431 event_record_index
= 0;
433 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
434 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
435 event_record_index
++;
442 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
444 struct x_display_info
*
445 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
448 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
450 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
451 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
459 /***********************************************************************
460 Starting and ending an update
461 ***********************************************************************/
463 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
464 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
465 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
466 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
467 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
476 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
477 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
481 x_update_window_begin (w
)
484 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
485 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
488 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
492 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
494 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
495 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
497 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
499 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
500 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
502 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
503 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
504 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
505 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
506 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
507 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
509 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
510 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
511 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
512 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
513 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
514 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
515 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
519 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
520 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
523 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
524 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
533 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
536 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
540 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
542 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
543 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
546 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
548 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
549 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
551 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
552 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
553 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
555 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
556 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
560 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
562 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
566 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
571 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
573 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
575 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
577 draw_window_fringes (w
);
582 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
583 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
584 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
587 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
591 updated_window
= NULL
;
595 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
602 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
603 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
607 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
613 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
614 complete update has been performed. The global variable
615 updated_window is not available here. */
618 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
623 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
625 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
626 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
629 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
630 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
632 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
640 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
641 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
642 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
643 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
644 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
645 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
648 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
649 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
651 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
657 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
658 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
660 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
661 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
662 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
663 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
664 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
665 overhead is very small. */
666 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
667 && desired_row
->full_width_p
668 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
669 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
671 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
674 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
676 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
677 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
678 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
682 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
683 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
686 y
, width
, height
, False
);
692 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
694 struct glyph_row
*row
;
695 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
697 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
698 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
699 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
700 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
701 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
704 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
705 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
708 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
711 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
712 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
713 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
714 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
716 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
719 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
721 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
723 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
724 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
725 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
726 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
728 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
730 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
732 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
733 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
736 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
742 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
743 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
747 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
751 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
753 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
755 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
756 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
758 face
->background
, depth
);
762 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
763 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
766 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
767 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
768 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
769 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
772 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
773 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
774 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
778 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
779 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
780 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
784 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
789 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
790 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
791 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
795 XTset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
799 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
800 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
803 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
809 /***********************************************************************
811 ***********************************************************************/
813 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
815 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
818 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
819 is not contained in the font. */
822 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
825 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
827 /* The result metric information. */
828 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
830 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
832 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
834 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
836 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
837 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
838 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
839 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
840 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
841 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
842 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
843 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
844 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
845 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
849 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
850 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
851 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
852 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
854 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
855 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
859 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
861 \ = integer modulus */
862 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
863 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
864 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
865 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
867 pcm
= (font
->per_char
868 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
869 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
870 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
876 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
877 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
878 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
879 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
880 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
881 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
885 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
890 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
891 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
894 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
897 struct font_info
*font_info
;
900 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
901 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
903 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
904 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
906 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
908 /* It's a program. */
909 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
911 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
913 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
914 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
919 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
920 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
921 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
924 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
926 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
928 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
929 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
931 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
933 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
935 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
937 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
939 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
940 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
941 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
943 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
944 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
948 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
950 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
955 /***********************************************************************
957 ***********************************************************************/
961 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
965 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
974 unsigned long *, double, int));
975 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
976 double, int, unsigned long));
977 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
979 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
980 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
982 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
984 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
985 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
986 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
987 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
990 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
994 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
999 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1001 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1002 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1003 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1005 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1008 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1012 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1013 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1015 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1016 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1018 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1023 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1024 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1025 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1027 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1028 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1031 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1032 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1033 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1034 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1036 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1037 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1040 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1041 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1043 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1048 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1051 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1052 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1057 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1058 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1059 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1061 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1063 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1064 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1066 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1067 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1068 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1070 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1071 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1072 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1075 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1080 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1081 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1082 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1083 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1084 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1085 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1087 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1088 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1091 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1092 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1094 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1097 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1101 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1102 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1103 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1106 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1107 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1109 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1113 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1114 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1118 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1119 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1121 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1123 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1125 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1126 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1128 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1130 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1131 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1133 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1135 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1138 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1140 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1141 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1143 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1144 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1146 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1147 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1151 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1152 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 /* GC must have been set. */
1156 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1160 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1161 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1164 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1165 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1168 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1169 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1174 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1175 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1178 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1179 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1182 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1185 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1186 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1187 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1188 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1189 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1194 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1197 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1198 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1202 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1203 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1204 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1205 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1209 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1210 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1211 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1212 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1213 contains the first component of a composition. */
1216 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1217 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1220 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1221 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1222 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1224 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1228 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1229 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1230 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1231 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1232 s
->background_width
,
1233 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1234 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1235 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1237 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1238 || s
->font_not_found_p
1239 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1242 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1243 s
->background_width
,
1244 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1245 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1251 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1254 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1255 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1259 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1260 of S to the right of that box line. */
1261 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1262 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1263 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1267 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1269 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1271 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1273 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1274 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1275 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1277 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1282 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1283 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1285 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1286 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1288 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1290 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1291 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1293 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1294 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1295 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1296 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1297 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1298 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1299 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1301 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1303 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1304 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1306 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1307 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1312 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1313 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1315 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1316 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1321 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1322 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1324 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1325 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1327 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1328 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1333 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1336 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1337 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1341 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1342 of S to the right of that box line. */
1343 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1344 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1345 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1349 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1350 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1351 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1352 this composition. */
1354 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1355 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1356 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1359 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1360 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1364 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1366 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1367 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1368 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1370 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1371 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1372 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1373 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1380 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1382 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1383 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1384 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1385 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1386 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1389 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1390 cannot be determined. */
1392 static struct frame
*
1393 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1396 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1400 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1402 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1403 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1404 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1405 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1406 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1407 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1409 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1410 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1411 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1412 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1413 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1415 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1416 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1417 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1424 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1425 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1426 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1427 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1430 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1435 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1436 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1440 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1441 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1442 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1443 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1444 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1445 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1448 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1452 unsigned long *pixel
;
1456 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1457 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1461 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1462 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1464 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1466 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1468 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1473 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1474 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1476 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1479 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1481 DPY is the display we are working on.
1483 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1484 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1485 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1486 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1488 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1489 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1491 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1492 we allocated the color or not.
1494 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1497 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1501 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1502 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1512 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1513 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1515 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1519 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1520 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1521 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1523 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1525 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1526 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1528 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1530 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1531 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1533 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1534 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1536 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1537 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1542 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1544 params
[0] = color_name
;
1545 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1546 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1547 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1552 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1554 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1556 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1560 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1564 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1565 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1568 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1573 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1574 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1575 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1577 APP is the application context in which we work.
1579 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1580 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1581 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1583 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1586 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1595 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1597 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1600 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1602 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1603 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1604 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1605 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1606 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1611 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1614 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1615 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1616 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1617 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1619 static const XColor
*
1620 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1624 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1626 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1628 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1631 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1632 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1633 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1634 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1637 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1640 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1644 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1645 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1649 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1650 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1653 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1660 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1665 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1666 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1667 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1668 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1672 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1676 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1677 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1680 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1684 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1688 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1689 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1690 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1694 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1701 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1704 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1705 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1706 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1707 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1709 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1711 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1713 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1715 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1716 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1717 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1718 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1720 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1723 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1727 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1728 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1729 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1730 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1734 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1735 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1736 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1737 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1738 XColor
*cached_color
;
1740 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1741 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1742 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1743 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1744 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1746 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1747 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1748 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1752 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1754 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1755 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1761 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1762 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1763 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1767 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1772 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1773 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1777 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1778 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1779 get color reference counts right. */
1782 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1784 unsigned long pixel
;
1788 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1790 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1791 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1793 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1794 register_color (pixel
);
1800 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1801 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1802 get color reference counts right. */
1805 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1808 unsigned long pixel
;
1812 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1814 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1815 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1817 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1818 register_color (pixel
);
1824 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1827 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1828 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1829 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1830 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1831 use an additional additive factor.
1833 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1834 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1835 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1838 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1839 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1840 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1841 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1842 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1843 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1846 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1850 unsigned long *pixel
;
1858 /* Get RGB color values. */
1859 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1860 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1862 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1863 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1864 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1865 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1866 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1868 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1869 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1871 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1872 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1873 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1874 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1875 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1877 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1878 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1879 /* The additive adjustment. */
1880 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1884 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1885 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1886 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1890 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1891 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1892 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1896 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1897 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1900 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1902 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1903 delta to the RGB values. */
1904 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1906 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1907 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1908 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1909 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1920 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1921 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1922 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1923 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1924 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1925 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1928 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1930 struct relief
*relief
;
1933 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1936 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1937 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1938 unsigned long pixel
;
1939 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1940 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1941 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1942 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1944 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1945 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1947 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1948 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1949 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1951 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1953 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1954 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1957 /* Allocate new color. */
1958 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1960 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1961 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1963 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1964 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1967 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1969 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1971 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1974 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1978 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1981 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1982 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1984 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1985 unsigned long color
;
1987 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1988 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1989 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1991 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1992 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1997 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1998 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1999 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2002 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2003 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2005 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2006 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2007 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2008 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2009 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2014 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2015 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2016 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2017 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2018 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2019 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2023 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2024 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2026 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2027 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2029 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2030 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2035 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2037 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2038 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2041 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2042 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2043 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2044 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2048 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2052 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2054 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2056 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2057 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2060 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2061 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2062 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2063 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2067 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2068 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2069 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2071 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2075 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2076 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2077 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2078 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2079 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2080 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2083 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2084 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2085 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2086 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2087 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2091 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2092 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2093 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2096 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2097 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2101 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2102 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2105 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2106 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2110 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2111 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2113 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2114 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2118 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2121 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2122 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2124 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2125 int left_p
, right_p
;
2126 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2127 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2129 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2130 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2131 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2133 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2134 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2135 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2136 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2139 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2140 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2142 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2144 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2147 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2149 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2151 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2153 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2154 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2156 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2164 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2165 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2166 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2170 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2171 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2176 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2179 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2189 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2193 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2202 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2203 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2204 trust on the shape extension to be available
2205 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2207 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2210 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2212 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2215 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2216 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2218 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2221 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2222 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2223 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2224 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2225 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2229 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2231 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2234 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2235 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2236 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2237 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2238 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2240 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2241 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2242 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2243 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2244 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2245 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2246 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2248 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2250 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2251 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2256 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2257 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2258 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2262 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2265 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2266 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2268 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2271 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2273 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2274 right of that line. */
2275 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2276 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2277 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2281 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2283 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2284 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2286 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2287 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2289 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2290 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2294 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2295 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2300 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
2301 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
2303 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2304 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2305 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
2309 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2312 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2313 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2317 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2319 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2320 right of that line. */
2321 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2322 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2323 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2327 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2329 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2330 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2336 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2337 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2338 trust on the shape extension to be available
2339 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2341 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2345 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2346 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2347 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2348 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2349 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2351 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2352 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2353 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2357 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2358 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2360 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2361 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2362 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2363 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2364 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2365 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2366 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2368 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2370 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2371 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2376 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2377 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2378 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2382 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2383 give the rectangle to draw. */
2386 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2387 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2392 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2393 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2394 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2395 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2398 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2402 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2405 s->x +-------------------------
2408 | +-------------------------
2411 | | +-------------------
2417 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2418 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2421 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2422 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2424 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2426 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
2429 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2430 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2432 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2433 if (height
> s
->img
->height
2437 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2438 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2440 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2441 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
2445 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
2449 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2450 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2451 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2452 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2453 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2455 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2456 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2457 s
->background_width
,
2460 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2462 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2464 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2467 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2468 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2469 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2470 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2471 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2476 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2478 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2479 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2480 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2481 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2485 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2487 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2490 /* Draw the foreground. */
2493 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2494 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2495 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2496 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2497 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2500 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2502 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2504 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2505 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2506 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2510 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2513 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2514 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2516 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2517 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2519 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2520 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2522 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2523 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2524 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2527 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2529 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2530 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2532 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2533 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2537 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2538 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2540 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2546 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2547 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2549 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2551 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2552 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2553 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2554 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2559 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2560 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2561 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2562 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2566 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2567 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2570 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2574 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2577 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2578 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2580 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2582 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2583 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2584 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2585 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2587 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2588 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2589 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2590 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2593 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2594 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2596 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2597 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2598 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2599 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2600 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2601 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2604 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2605 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2606 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2607 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2613 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2616 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2620 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2624 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2625 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2631 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2632 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2633 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2635 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2636 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2643 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2645 /* Draw underline. */
2646 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2648 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2651 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2652 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2655 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2656 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2657 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2658 specs, and its default is
2660 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2661 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2663 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2664 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2665 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2666 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2667 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2669 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2671 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2672 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2673 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2677 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2678 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2679 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2680 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2681 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2685 /* Draw overline. */
2686 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2688 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2690 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2691 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2696 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2697 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2698 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2700 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2704 /* Draw strike-through. */
2705 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2707 unsigned long h
= 1;
2708 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2710 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2711 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2716 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2717 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2718 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2720 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2724 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2725 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2726 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2729 /* Reset clipping. */
2730 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2733 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2736 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2738 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2740 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2741 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2742 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2746 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2750 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2758 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2759 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2762 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2769 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2770 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2774 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2775 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2778 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2780 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2782 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2783 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2784 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2786 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2787 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2789 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2791 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2792 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2793 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2795 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2798 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2806 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2808 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2809 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2811 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2814 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2815 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2818 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2819 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2821 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2822 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2823 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2825 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2826 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2830 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2832 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2833 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2837 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2839 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2840 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2842 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2844 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2856 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2857 pixels into background pixels. */
2861 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2862 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2863 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2865 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2866 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2870 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2871 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2872 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2873 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2874 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2875 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2876 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2880 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2881 edge it is next to. */
2882 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2884 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2885 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2888 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2889 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2896 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2898 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2899 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2901 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2903 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2904 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2905 width
, flash_height
);
2906 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2908 (height
- flash_height
2909 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2910 width
, flash_height
);
2913 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2914 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2915 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2916 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2921 struct timeval wakeup
;
2923 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2925 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2926 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2927 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2928 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2930 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2932 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2934 struct timeval current
;
2935 struct timeval timeout
;
2937 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2939 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2940 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2943 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2945 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2947 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2948 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2952 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2953 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2955 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2957 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2958 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2959 width
, flash_height
);
2960 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2962 (height
- flash_height
2963 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2964 width
, flash_height
);
2967 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2968 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2969 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2970 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2972 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2980 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
2983 /* Make audible bell. */
2988 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2990 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
2992 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2999 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3000 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3007 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3008 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3009 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3010 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3013 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3016 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3021 /***********************************************************************
3023 ***********************************************************************/
3025 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3026 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3029 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3037 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3040 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3044 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3045 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3047 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3048 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3050 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3052 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3053 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3054 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3058 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3059 line at the bottom. */
3060 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3061 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3063 height
= run
->height
;
3067 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3069 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3070 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3072 height
= run
->height
;
3077 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3081 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3082 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3083 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3093 /***********************************************************************
3095 ***********************************************************************/
3102 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3103 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3104 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3105 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3107 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3108 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3110 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3114 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3117 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3118 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3119 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3120 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3122 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3123 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3125 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3128 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3129 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3130 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3131 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3132 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3135 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3136 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3137 struct frame
*frame
;
3139 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3141 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3143 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3144 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3145 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3147 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3148 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3151 selected_frame
= frame
;
3152 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3154 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3155 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3158 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3159 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3161 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3164 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3167 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3168 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3169 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3172 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3175 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3176 struct frame
*frame
;
3177 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3179 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3181 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3183 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3184 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3186 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3187 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3188 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3189 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3190 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3192 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3193 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3197 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3200 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3201 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3204 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3206 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3208 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3210 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3211 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3215 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3216 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3221 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3222 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3224 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3227 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3228 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3230 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3232 struct frame
*frame
;
3234 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3238 switch (event
->type
)
3243 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3245 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3247 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3248 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3249 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3250 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3252 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3258 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3259 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3260 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3261 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3267 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3270 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3271 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3273 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3276 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3277 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3278 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3280 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3281 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3282 the appropriate X display info. */
3285 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3286 struct frame
*frame
;
3288 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3292 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3293 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3295 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3297 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3299 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3300 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3301 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3302 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3303 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3305 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3306 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3310 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3312 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3315 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3316 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3317 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3323 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3325 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3327 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3328 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3330 int min_code
, max_code
;
3333 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3335 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3336 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3337 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3338 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3339 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3342 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3344 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3345 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3348 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3349 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3351 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3353 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3354 Alt keysyms are on. */
3356 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3358 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3359 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3362 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3364 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3368 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3372 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3374 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3380 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3385 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3390 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3395 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3399 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3400 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3401 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3409 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3410 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3412 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3413 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3416 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3417 make them just meta, not alt. */
3418 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3420 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3423 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3424 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3427 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3431 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3432 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3435 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3436 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3437 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3438 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3441 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3442 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3443 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3444 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3445 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3446 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3447 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3448 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3451 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3452 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3453 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3454 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3455 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3456 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3460 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3464 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3465 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3466 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3467 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3471 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3472 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3473 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3474 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3475 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3476 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3477 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3478 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3482 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3483 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3484 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3485 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3486 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3489 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3492 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3498 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3506 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3508 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3510 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3514 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3515 struct input_event
*result
;
3516 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3519 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3521 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3522 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3523 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3524 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3526 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3530 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3531 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3532 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3538 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3539 The input handler calls this.
3541 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3542 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3543 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3544 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3546 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3547 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3550 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3552 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3554 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3555 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3556 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3558 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3560 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3561 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3562 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3565 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3566 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3567 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3568 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3569 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3571 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3572 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3573 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3578 /************************************************************************
3580 ************************************************************************/
3583 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3585 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3586 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3587 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3588 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3589 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3593 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3596 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3597 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3598 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3602 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3609 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3611 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3615 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3616 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3617 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3619 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3623 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3624 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3626 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3627 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3630 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3631 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3632 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3633 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3644 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3645 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3647 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3648 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3649 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3650 position on the scroll bar.
3652 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3653 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3656 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3657 was at this position.
3659 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3661 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3665 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3668 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3669 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3671 unsigned long *time
;
3677 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3678 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3684 Window dummy_window
;
3687 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3689 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3690 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3691 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3692 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3693 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3695 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3697 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3698 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3699 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3701 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3704 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3705 a different screen. */
3708 /* The position on that root window. */
3711 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3714 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3716 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3718 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3719 containing the pointer. */
3723 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3728 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3729 structure is changing at the same time this function
3730 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3732 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3734 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3735 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3737 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3738 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3739 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3741 /* From-window, to-window. */
3742 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3744 /* From-position, to-position. */
3745 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3749 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3755 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3757 /* From-window, to-window. */
3760 /* From-position, to-position. */
3761 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3766 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3774 /* Now we know that:
3775 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3776 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3777 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3778 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3779 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3780 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3781 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3782 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3783 never use them in that case.) */
3785 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3786 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3788 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3789 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3792 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3793 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3795 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3798 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3801 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3803 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3806 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3808 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3812 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3818 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3819 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3823 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3824 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3825 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3826 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3827 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3828 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3829 the frame are divided into. */
3831 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3834 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3835 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3838 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3839 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3843 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3844 round down even for negative values. */
3849 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3850 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3852 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3853 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3854 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3855 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3861 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3862 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3863 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3873 /***********************************************************************
3875 ***********************************************************************/
3877 /* Scroll bar support. */
3879 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3881 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3884 static struct scroll_bar
*
3885 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3892 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3893 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3895 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3896 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3899 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3901 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3902 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3903 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3906 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3909 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3911 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3912 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3913 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3914 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3915 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3918 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3919 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3920 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3921 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3928 #if defined USE_LUCID
3930 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3931 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3934 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3939 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3940 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3943 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3945 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3946 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3948 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3956 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3959 /************************************************************************
3961 ************************************************************************/
3963 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3965 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3966 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3967 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3968 struct scroll_bar
*));
3969 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3973 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3974 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3976 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3978 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3980 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3982 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3983 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3986 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3988 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3990 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3992 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3993 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3994 to avoid jerkyness. */
3996 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3998 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4000 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4001 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4002 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4003 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4006 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4009 XtPointer client_data
;
4013 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4019 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4020 end_action
= "Release";
4021 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4022 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4023 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4024 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4027 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4028 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4032 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4033 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4034 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4036 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4038 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4039 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4040 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4042 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4043 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4045 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4046 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4049 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4051 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4052 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4054 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4055 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4058 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4059 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4060 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4061 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4064 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4066 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4069 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4070 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4071 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4076 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4077 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4078 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4079 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4080 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4083 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4084 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4085 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4086 into that array in the event. */
4087 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4088 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4091 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4093 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4094 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4095 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4097 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4099 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4100 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4103 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4104 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4105 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4106 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4107 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4108 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4110 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4111 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4113 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4114 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4115 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4116 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4121 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4125 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4127 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4129 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4134 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4135 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4137 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4138 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4140 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4141 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4144 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4146 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4148 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4149 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4150 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4151 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4152 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4158 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4160 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4163 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4164 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4165 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4168 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4170 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4172 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4173 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4174 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4178 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4179 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4180 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4183 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4184 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4185 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4188 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4189 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4190 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4193 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4194 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4195 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4199 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4200 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4203 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4204 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4205 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4212 /* Get the slider size. */
4214 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4217 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4218 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4219 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4220 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4224 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4230 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4231 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4232 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4237 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4239 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4240 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4243 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4247 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4253 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4254 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4256 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4258 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4260 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4263 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4265 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4271 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4273 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4275 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4276 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4278 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4280 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4281 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4283 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4285 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4286 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4288 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4290 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4291 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4295 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4296 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4297 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4298 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4303 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4304 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4305 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4309 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4311 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4312 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4313 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4317 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4319 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4321 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4322 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4324 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4327 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4329 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4333 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4335 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4336 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4337 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4338 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4339 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4341 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4343 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4345 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4346 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4347 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4348 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4352 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4353 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4354 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4355 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4356 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4357 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4358 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4361 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4363 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4365 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4366 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4367 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4371 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4373 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4376 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4377 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4379 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4380 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4381 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4382 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4384 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4386 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4387 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4388 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4389 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4392 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4393 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4395 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4397 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4398 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4402 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4404 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4406 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4409 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4414 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4417 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4419 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4425 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4426 unsigned long pixel
;
4431 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4432 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4433 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4434 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4435 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4436 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4437 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4438 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4440 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4443 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4447 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4450 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4454 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4455 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4457 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4458 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4460 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4462 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4464 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4466 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4468 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4470 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4473 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4474 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4476 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4477 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4478 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4479 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4481 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4483 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4484 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4485 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4486 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4487 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4488 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4489 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4490 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4492 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4495 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4499 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4502 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4506 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4508 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4509 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4511 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4512 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4513 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4515 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4517 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4519 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4520 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4521 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4523 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4526 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4527 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4528 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4529 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4530 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4532 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4536 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4537 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4538 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4540 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4542 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4545 /* Specify the colors. */
4546 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4552 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4555 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4560 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4561 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4565 char *val
= initial
;
4566 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4567 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4569 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4570 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4571 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4572 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4576 /* Define callbacks. */
4577 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4578 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4581 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4582 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4584 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4586 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4587 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4588 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4589 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4591 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4592 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4593 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4594 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4598 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4601 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4602 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4606 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4607 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4608 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4610 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4613 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4615 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4616 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4617 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4619 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4620 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4627 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4628 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4629 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4630 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4631 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4632 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4633 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4634 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4635 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4636 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4637 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4638 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4639 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4640 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4647 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4648 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4651 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4655 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4656 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4658 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4659 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4660 size
= max (size
, 1);
4662 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4663 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4664 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4666 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4668 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4674 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4675 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4679 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4681 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4682 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4683 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4687 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4688 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4689 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4692 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4693 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4695 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4696 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4697 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4698 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4700 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4701 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4705 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4706 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4708 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4709 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4711 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4712 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4713 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4714 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4715 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4718 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4719 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4720 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4722 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4725 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4726 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4731 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4735 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4737 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4741 /************************************************************************
4742 Scroll bars, general
4743 ************************************************************************/
4745 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4746 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4747 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4750 static struct scroll_bar
*
4751 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4753 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4755 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4756 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4757 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4761 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4762 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4763 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4765 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4769 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4770 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4771 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4773 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4774 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4776 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4778 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4780 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4781 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4782 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4783 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4784 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4786 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4788 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4789 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4790 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4792 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4794 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4801 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4803 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4805 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4806 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4807 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4808 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4809 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4810 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4811 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4812 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4814 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4815 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4817 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4818 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4819 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4821 /* Map the window/widget. */
4822 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4825 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4826 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4828 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4829 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4833 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4834 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4835 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4836 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4837 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4839 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4840 max (height
, 1), 0);
4841 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4842 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4844 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4845 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4846 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4853 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4855 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4856 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4857 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4860 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4861 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4862 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4863 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4864 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4866 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4869 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4870 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4874 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4875 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4876 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4877 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4879 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4881 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4882 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4888 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4889 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4890 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4892 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4893 the distance between start and end. */
4895 int length
= end
- start
;
4899 else if (start
> top_range
)
4901 end
= start
+ length
;
4905 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4909 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4910 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4911 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4913 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4914 if (end
> top_range
)
4917 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4918 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4919 that many pixels tall. */
4920 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4922 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4923 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4925 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4926 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4927 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4928 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4929 inside_width
, start
,
4932 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4933 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4934 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4935 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4937 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4938 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4939 /* x, y, width, height */
4940 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4941 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4942 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4944 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4945 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4946 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4947 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4949 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4950 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4951 if (end
< inside_height
)
4952 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4953 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4954 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4955 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4956 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4964 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4966 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4970 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4971 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4973 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4976 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4978 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4979 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4980 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4981 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4983 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4986 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4987 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4993 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4994 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4995 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4999 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5001 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5003 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5004 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5005 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5006 int window_y
, window_height
;
5008 /* Get window dimensions. */
5009 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5011 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5012 height
= window_height
;
5014 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5015 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5017 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5018 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5019 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5020 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5024 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5025 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5026 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5027 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5029 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5031 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5032 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5037 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5038 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5040 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5043 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5044 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5048 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5052 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5053 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5055 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5059 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5061 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5063 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5065 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5068 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5072 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5073 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5075 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5076 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5080 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5082 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5083 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5084 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5085 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5086 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5087 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5089 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5090 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5092 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5093 max (height
, 1), 0);
5095 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5096 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5098 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5099 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5100 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5102 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5103 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5105 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5106 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5107 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5111 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5112 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5113 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5116 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5117 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5118 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5120 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5121 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5122 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5123 rest
, height
, False
);
5125 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5126 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5130 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5135 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5137 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5139 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5143 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5145 /* Remember new settings. */
5146 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5147 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5148 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5149 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5154 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5155 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5156 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5157 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5159 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5161 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5164 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5167 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5168 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5169 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5172 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5174 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5178 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5179 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5180 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5181 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5182 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5183 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5184 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5186 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5187 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5188 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5191 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5194 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5195 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5198 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5199 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5200 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5201 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5202 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5203 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5204 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5209 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5210 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5213 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5214 struct window
*window
;
5216 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5219 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5220 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5223 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5225 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5226 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5227 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5229 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5231 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5232 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5234 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5235 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5236 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5238 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5239 one or the other! */
5243 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5245 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5246 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5248 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5250 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5251 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5252 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5255 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5256 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5259 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5262 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5264 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5266 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5267 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5268 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5270 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5272 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5274 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5277 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5280 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5281 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5285 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5286 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5287 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5289 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5293 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5294 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5297 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5298 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5299 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5300 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5304 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5306 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5307 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5309 /* x, y, width, height */
5311 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5312 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5317 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5319 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5320 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5322 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5327 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5328 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5330 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5332 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5335 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5336 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5337 emacs_event
->modifiers
5338 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5339 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5340 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5341 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5344 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5345 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5346 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5349 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5351 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5354 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5355 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5358 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5360 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5361 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5362 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5363 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5365 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5367 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5368 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5369 whether or not we're dragging. */
5371 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5373 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5374 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5375 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5378 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5379 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5380 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5381 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5383 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5384 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5386 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5387 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5391 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5393 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5395 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5396 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5398 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5400 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5403 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5407 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5409 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5411 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5415 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5416 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5419 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5421 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5424 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5426 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5427 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5429 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5430 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5432 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5434 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5436 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5441 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5443 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5444 on the scroll bar. */
5447 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5449 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5450 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5452 unsigned long *time
;
5454 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5455 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5456 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5458 Window dummy_window
;
5460 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5464 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5466 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5468 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5469 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5470 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5472 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5475 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5482 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5485 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5487 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5489 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5490 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5494 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5498 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5500 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5501 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5502 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5503 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5504 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5505 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5507 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5509 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5510 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5513 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5516 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5522 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5523 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5524 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5528 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5531 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5534 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5535 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5536 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5537 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5538 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5539 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5540 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5541 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5543 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5547 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5549 struct selection_event_queue
5552 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5555 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5557 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5559 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5561 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5564 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5568 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5569 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5571 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5573 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5574 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5579 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5580 so that they get processed afresh. */
5583 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5586 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5588 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5589 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5590 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5591 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5595 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5598 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5601 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5604 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5607 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5610 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5611 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5614 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5617 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5618 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5619 sometimes don't work. */
5621 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5624 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5625 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5626 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5627 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5629 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5630 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5632 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5634 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5635 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5637 static int temp_index
;
5638 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5640 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5641 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5643 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5645 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5646 on a particular display. */
5648 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5650 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5651 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5652 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5653 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5655 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5657 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5660 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5661 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5662 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5663 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5664 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5665 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5669 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5670 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5680 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5681 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5682 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5684 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5686 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5690 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5691 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5694 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5695 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5696 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5699 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5700 event
->xclient
.window
);
5702 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5707 static int current_count
;
5708 static int current_finish
;
5709 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5711 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5712 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5713 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5714 static GdkFilterReturn
5715 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5720 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5722 if (current_count
>= 0)
5724 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5726 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5729 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5730 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5731 so we do it here. */
5732 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5733 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5734 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5738 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5742 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5747 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5749 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5750 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5752 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5754 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5757 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5759 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5760 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5761 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5763 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5766 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5767 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5770 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5772 struct input_event inev
;
5777 struct coding_system coding
;
5778 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5780 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5783 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5790 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5791 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5792 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5794 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5795 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5797 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5798 could be the shell widget window
5799 if the frame has no title bar. */
5800 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5802 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5803 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5804 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5806 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5807 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5808 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5809 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5810 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5813 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5814 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5815 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5816 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5819 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5820 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5821 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5824 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5825 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5826 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5827 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5828 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5829 /* The ICCCM says this is
5830 the only valid choice. */
5832 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5833 /* This is needed to detect the error
5834 if there is an error. */
5836 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5838 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5843 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5844 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5846 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5847 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5848 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5849 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5850 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5851 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5852 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5853 session manager and one for this. */
5855 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5858 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5859 event
.xclient
.window
);
5860 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5861 for a single Emacs process. */
5862 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5863 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5864 event
.xclient
.window
,
5865 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5867 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5868 event
.xclient
.window
,
5874 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5875 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5877 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5878 event
.xclient
.window
);
5880 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5882 inev
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5883 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5890 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5891 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5896 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5897 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5900 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5902 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5903 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5907 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5914 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5915 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5917 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5918 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5922 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5924 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5925 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5926 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5927 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5929 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5930 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5931 currently never do because we are interested in
5932 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5933 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5934 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5935 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5936 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5940 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5941 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5942 we construct an input_event. */
5943 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5944 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5946 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
);
5947 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5950 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5952 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5957 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
))
5958 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5962 case SelectionNotify
:
5963 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5964 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5966 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5967 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5970 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5971 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5972 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5974 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5976 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5978 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5979 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5980 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5981 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
5982 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5986 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5987 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5988 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5990 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5991 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
5992 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
5996 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5997 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5999 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6000 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
6001 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6002 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
6003 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
) = eventp
->target
;
6004 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
) = eventp
->property
;
6005 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
6006 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6010 case PropertyNotify
:
6011 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6012 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6013 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6014 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6015 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6019 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6022 case ReparentNotify
:
6023 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6027 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6028 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6032 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6033 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6038 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6041 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6043 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6045 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6046 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6047 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6048 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6052 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6053 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6057 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6058 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6060 #if defined USE_LUCID
6061 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6062 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6063 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6066 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6068 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6070 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6072 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6073 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6075 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6076 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6077 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6080 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6081 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6084 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6085 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6089 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6090 source area was obscured or not
6092 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6096 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6097 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6098 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6100 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6103 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6106 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6107 source area was completely
6112 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6113 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6116 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6119 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6120 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6121 the frame was deleted. */
6123 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6124 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6125 display that won't ever be seen. */
6126 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6127 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6128 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6129 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6130 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6131 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6132 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6133 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6135 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6137 inev
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6138 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6144 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6145 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6146 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6149 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6150 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6151 frame is visible. */
6152 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6155 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6156 the frame's display structures.
6157 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6158 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6159 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6160 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6161 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6162 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6164 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6165 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6166 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6170 inev
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6171 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6173 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6174 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6175 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6176 to update the frame titles
6177 in case this is the second frame. */
6178 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6184 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6186 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6187 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6188 if (popup_activated ())
6192 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6194 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6196 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6197 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6200 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6203 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6204 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6205 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6207 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6209 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6210 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6213 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6217 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6218 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6219 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6222 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6223 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6224 status_return even if the input is too long to
6225 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6226 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6227 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6228 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6229 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6230 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6231 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6233 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6237 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6238 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6239 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6241 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6245 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6246 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6247 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6249 /* This will have to go some day... */
6251 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6252 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6253 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6254 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6255 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6256 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6257 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6259 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6260 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6261 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6262 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6263 not it is combined with Meta. */
6264 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6265 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6270 Status status_return
;
6272 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6273 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6274 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6275 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6277 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6279 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6280 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6281 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6282 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6283 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6286 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6287 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6288 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6289 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6290 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6291 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6292 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6293 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6295 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6297 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6298 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6299 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6302 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6308 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6310 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6315 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6316 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6320 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6321 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6324 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6325 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6329 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6330 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6331 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6334 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6336 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6337 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6339 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6340 inev
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6342 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6343 translations to characters. */
6344 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6345 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6347 inev
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6352 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6353 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6354 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6358 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6359 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6360 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6361 inev
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6365 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6366 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6367 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6368 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6369 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6370 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6372 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6373 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6375 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6376 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6377 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6378 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6379 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6380 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6382 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6383 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6385 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6386 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6388 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6389 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6391 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6392 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6394 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6395 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6397 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6398 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6400 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6401 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6403 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6404 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6406 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6407 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6409 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6410 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6412 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6413 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6415 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6416 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6418 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6419 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6421 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6422 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6423 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6424 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6425 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6426 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6428 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6429 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6432 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6434 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6435 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6436 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6437 don't have real modifiers but
6438 should be treated similarly to
6439 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6440 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6441 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6443 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6444 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6448 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6449 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6451 inev
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6456 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6461 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6462 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6463 we used just above and the locale. */
6464 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6465 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6466 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6467 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6468 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6469 gives us composition information. */
6470 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6472 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6474 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6478 /* Decode the input data. */
6482 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6483 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6484 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6485 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6486 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6487 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6488 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6489 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6490 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6494 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6495 character events. */
6496 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6498 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6499 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6501 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6503 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6504 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6505 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6507 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6510 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6511 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6514 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6516 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6522 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6523 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6532 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6533 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6541 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6543 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6545 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6546 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6549 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6551 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6552 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6554 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6556 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6557 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6560 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6561 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6564 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6565 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6566 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6567 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6571 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6575 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6577 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6580 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6582 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6583 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6584 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6585 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6588 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6589 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6590 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6591 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6592 if (any_help_event_p
)
6598 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6603 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6604 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6607 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6608 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6609 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6611 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6613 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6615 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6616 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6622 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6623 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6627 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6628 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6631 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6632 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6633 will be selected iff it is active. */
6634 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6635 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6636 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6638 inev
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6639 inev
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6644 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6648 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6649 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6650 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6651 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6654 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6655 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6657 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6658 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6659 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6662 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6663 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6664 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6665 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6670 case ConfigureNotify
:
6671 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6674 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6676 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6677 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6678 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6679 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6680 do this one, the right one will come later.
6681 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6682 need to reset it below. */
6684 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6685 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6686 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6687 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6692 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6693 is called by the code that handles resizing
6694 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6696 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6697 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6698 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6699 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6700 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6701 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6702 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6704 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6705 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6706 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6708 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6711 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6712 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6715 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6716 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6717 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6718 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6721 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6722 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6723 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6725 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6726 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6727 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6731 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6732 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6735 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6737 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6738 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6739 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6740 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6748 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6749 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6752 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6754 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6756 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6757 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6759 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6763 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6764 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6765 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6768 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6769 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6771 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6772 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6774 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6775 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6777 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6778 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6779 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6785 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6786 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6788 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6789 if (! popup_activated ())
6792 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6794 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6795 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6797 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6798 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6800 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6801 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6804 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6810 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6811 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6812 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6814 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6815 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6817 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6819 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6820 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6822 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6824 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6825 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6828 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6830 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6831 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6832 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6833 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6834 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6840 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6843 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6845 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6846 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6847 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6848 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6849 Instead, save it away
6850 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6851 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6854 ! popup_activated ()
6857 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6858 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6859 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6860 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6861 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6862 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6863 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6864 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6866 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6867 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6869 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6872 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6874 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6878 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6879 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6880 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6882 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6884 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6885 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6886 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6891 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6894 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6898 case CirculateNotify
:
6901 case CirculateRequest
:
6904 case VisibilityNotify
:
6908 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6910 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6912 case MappingModifier
:
6913 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6914 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6915 case MappingKeyboard
:
6916 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6922 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6924 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6925 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6927 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6932 if (inev
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6934 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6939 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6944 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6950 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6951 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6952 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6956 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6957 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6967 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6968 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6969 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6971 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6973 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6977 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6978 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6980 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6983 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6989 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6990 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6991 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6993 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6994 thus pretending to be `read'.
6996 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6999 XTread_socket (display
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7000 struct display
*display
;
7002 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7006 int event_found
= 0;
7007 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7009 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7011 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7015 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7018 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7019 input_signal_count
++;
7023 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7024 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7025 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7027 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7029 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7030 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7031 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7032 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7033 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7034 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7037 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7038 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7039 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7040 for X connections. */
7043 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7045 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7046 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7047 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7048 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7050 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7054 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7055 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7057 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7058 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7063 struct input_event inev
;
7065 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7066 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7067 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7069 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7077 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7081 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7084 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7085 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7090 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7092 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7095 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7100 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7101 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7102 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7103 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7105 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7106 from all displays. */
7108 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7110 current_count
= count
;
7111 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7113 gtk_main_iteration ();
7115 count
= current_count
;
7117 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7119 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7122 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7126 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7127 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7130 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7131 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7132 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7134 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7138 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7139 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7141 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7143 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7144 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7148 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7150 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7151 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7153 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7154 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7166 /***********************************************************************
7168 ***********************************************************************/
7170 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7171 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7173 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7174 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7175 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7178 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7180 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7183 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7184 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7185 int window_y
, window_width
;
7187 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7189 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7190 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7191 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7192 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7193 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7195 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7199 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7202 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7204 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7206 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7207 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7208 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7211 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7214 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7215 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7216 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7217 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7220 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7221 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7222 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7224 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7225 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7226 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7227 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7228 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7230 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7232 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7233 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7235 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7236 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7237 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7238 h
= max (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), cursor_glyph
->ascent
+ cursor_glyph
->descent
);
7239 if (h
< row
->height
)
7240 y
+= row
->ascent
/* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph
->descent
- h
;
7243 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7244 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7245 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7246 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7247 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7249 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7250 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7251 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7253 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7254 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7255 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7256 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7260 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7262 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7263 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7264 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7268 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7270 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7272 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7274 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7275 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7277 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7278 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7280 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7281 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7284 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7285 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7286 the bar might not be in the window. */
7287 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7289 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7290 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7291 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7295 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7296 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7297 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7298 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7299 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7302 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7303 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7304 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7305 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7306 that the glyph is legible. */
7307 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7308 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7310 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7311 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7314 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7317 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7318 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7322 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7323 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7325 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7326 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7328 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7329 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7330 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7331 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7332 width
, row
->height
);
7334 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7335 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7336 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7337 row
->height
- width
),
7338 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7341 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7346 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7349 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7353 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7357 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7360 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7362 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7364 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7365 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7369 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7372 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7374 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7376 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7379 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7383 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7384 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7386 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7387 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7389 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7390 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7393 switch (cursor_type
)
7395 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7396 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7399 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7400 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7404 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7408 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7412 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7420 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7421 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7422 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7427 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7428 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7435 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7438 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7444 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7447 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7448 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7449 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7450 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7455 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7456 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7457 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7459 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7460 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7461 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7465 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7466 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7468 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7469 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7470 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7471 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7474 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7475 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7476 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7477 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7478 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7480 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7483 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7484 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7490 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7491 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7494 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7498 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7504 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7505 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7507 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7508 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7510 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7511 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7512 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7514 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7515 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7516 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7517 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7522 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7524 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7525 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7527 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7529 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7530 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7531 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7534 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7538 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7539 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7540 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7543 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7544 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7547 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7548 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7549 stored in x_error_message_string.
7551 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7552 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7554 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7556 void x_check_errors ();
7557 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7560 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7563 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7565 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7568 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7569 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7570 x_error_message_string
));
7572 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7573 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7578 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7581 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7582 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7586 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7588 #if 0 /* XXX This has dumped core on me several times when my X
7589 server crashed. If this call is important, maybe we should
7590 check that the display is still alive. -- lorentey */
7591 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7594 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7598 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7599 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7600 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7603 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7607 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7610 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7611 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7614 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7615 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7618 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7621 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7624 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7627 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7630 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7633 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7636 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7637 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7638 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7639 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7642 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7646 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7650 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7653 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7658 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7659 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7660 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7661 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7662 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7665 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7666 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7669 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7670 must reestablish each time */
7671 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7676 /************************************************************************
7678 ************************************************************************/
7680 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7682 static char *error_msg
;
7684 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7685 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7686 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7689 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7691 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7695 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7696 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7699 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7701 char *error_message
;
7703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7704 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7707 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7708 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7709 handling_signal
= 0;
7711 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7712 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7713 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7714 the original message here. */
7715 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7717 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7718 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7719 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7721 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7722 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7723 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7725 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7726 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7728 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7729 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7730 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7732 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7733 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7734 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7737 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7738 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7739 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7740 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7746 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7749 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7751 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7753 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7754 that are on the dead display. */
7755 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7757 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7759 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7760 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7761 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7762 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7763 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7764 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7767 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7768 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7769 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7770 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7771 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7772 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7774 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7775 trying to find a replacement. */
7776 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7777 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7781 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7783 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7785 if (display_list
== 0)
7787 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7788 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7792 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7794 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7796 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7797 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7799 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7800 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7804 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7805 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7806 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7809 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7813 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7815 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7816 original error handler. */
7818 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7819 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7820 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7821 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7825 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7826 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7829 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7833 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7834 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7836 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7840 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7841 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7842 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7845 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7850 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7851 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7855 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7857 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7858 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7859 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7860 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7863 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7865 register char *fontname
;
7867 struct font_info
*fontp
7868 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7873 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7874 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7875 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7877 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7878 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7880 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7882 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7883 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7885 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7886 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7887 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7891 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7892 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7895 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7896 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7898 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7899 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7900 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7901 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7902 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7903 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7905 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7906 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7907 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7908 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7909 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7912 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7915 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7916 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7917 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7918 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7921 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7925 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7931 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7932 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7934 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7936 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7938 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7939 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7942 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7943 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7947 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7948 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7951 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7955 /***********************************************************************
7957 ***********************************************************************/
7963 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7964 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7965 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7968 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7970 XPointer client_data
;
7973 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7974 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7978 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7979 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7981 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7982 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7984 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7985 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
7987 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
7988 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
7993 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7994 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7995 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7999 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8002 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8003 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8006 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8007 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8010 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8011 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8012 char *resource_name
;
8019 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8026 XIMCallback destroy
;
8029 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8030 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8033 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8034 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8035 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8041 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8042 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8046 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8050 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8051 char *resource_name
;
8054 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8055 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8056 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8057 when the callback was registered. */
8060 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8062 XPointer client_data
;
8065 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8066 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8068 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8072 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8074 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8075 as they have no XIC. */
8076 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8078 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8081 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8083 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8086 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8087 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8089 create_frame_xic (f
);
8090 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8091 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8092 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8094 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8095 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8104 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8107 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8108 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8109 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8110 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8113 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8114 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8115 char *resource_name
;
8120 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8121 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8124 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8125 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8126 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8127 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8128 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8129 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8130 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8131 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8132 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8133 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8134 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8135 least, hence the configure test. */
8136 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8137 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8138 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8139 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8140 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8144 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8145 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8149 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8152 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8153 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8158 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8159 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8160 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8162 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8163 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8164 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8165 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8166 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8167 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8169 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8172 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8176 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8177 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8180 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8183 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8184 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8186 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8187 is already for the top-left corner. */
8188 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8191 /* Find the offsets of the outside upper-left corner of
8192 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8193 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8194 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8195 /* This is to get *_pixels_outer_diff. */
8196 x_real_positions (f
, &win_x
, &win_y
);
8198 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8199 position that fits on the screen. */
8200 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8201 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8202 - 2 * FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8203 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8207 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8209 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8210 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8211 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8213 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8214 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8215 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8216 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8219 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8220 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8222 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8225 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8226 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8227 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->y_pixels_outer_diff
8229 /* Assume the window manager decorations are the same size on
8230 three sides, i.e. left, right and bottom. This is to
8231 compensate for the bottom part. */
8232 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8237 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8238 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8239 so the flags should correspond. */
8240 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8243 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8244 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8245 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8246 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8247 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8250 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8252 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8255 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8257 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8261 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8263 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8265 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8266 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8268 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8271 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8273 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8274 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8276 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8278 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8279 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8280 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8281 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8282 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8285 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8286 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8288 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8289 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8291 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8292 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8293 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8299 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8300 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8302 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8305 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8307 int width
, height
, ign
;
8309 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8311 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8313 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8314 when setting WM manager hints.
8315 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8316 x_check_expected_move. */
8317 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8319 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8320 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8321 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8323 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8324 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8329 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8331 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8332 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8333 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8334 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8336 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8339 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8341 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8342 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8344 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8346 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8347 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8348 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8350 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8352 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8353 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8355 /* Just do this once */
8356 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8361 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8362 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8363 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8364 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8367 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8372 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8374 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8375 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8376 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8378 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8379 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8380 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8382 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8384 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8385 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8387 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8388 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8390 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8391 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8392 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8394 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8395 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8396 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8397 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8399 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8400 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8401 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8402 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8403 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8405 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8407 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8408 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8409 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8411 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8412 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8413 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8414 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8415 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8417 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8421 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8422 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8423 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8424 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8427 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8435 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8436 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8438 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8441 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8443 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8444 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8445 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8446 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8447 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8448 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8449 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8450 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8451 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8454 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8456 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8458 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8460 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8462 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8463 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8465 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8466 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8467 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8468 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8469 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8474 /* Mouse warping. */
8477 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8483 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8484 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8486 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8487 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8489 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8490 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8494 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8495 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8499 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8502 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8508 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8509 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8513 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8516 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8519 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8523 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8524 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8525 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8526 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8527 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8536 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8537 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8538 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8539 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8543 /* Raise frame F. */
8549 if (f
->async_visible
)
8552 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8553 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8558 /* Lower frame F. */
8564 if (f
->async_visible
)
8567 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8568 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8574 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8584 /* Change of visibility. */
8586 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8587 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8588 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8589 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8590 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8591 finishes with it. */
8594 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8598 int original_top
, original_left
;
8599 int retry_count
= 2;
8605 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8607 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8609 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8611 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8612 call x_set_offset a second time
8613 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8614 before the window gets really visible. */
8615 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8616 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8617 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8619 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8621 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8622 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8623 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8624 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8625 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8626 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8628 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8629 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8631 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8632 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8633 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8634 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8635 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8636 to come back ok without this. */
8637 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8638 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8642 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8644 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8645 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8646 so that incoming events are handled. */
8650 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8651 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8652 will set it when they are handled. */
8653 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8655 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8656 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8658 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8661 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8663 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8664 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8665 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8666 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8668 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8669 because the window manager may choose the position
8670 and we don't want to override it. */
8672 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8673 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8674 && previously_visible
)
8678 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8682 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8683 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8684 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8685 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8686 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8687 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8688 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8689 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8690 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8692 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8693 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8694 original_left
, original_top
);
8699 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8701 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8702 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8703 MapNotify at all.. */
8704 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8705 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8707 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8710 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8711 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8712 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8713 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8714 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8716 if (input_polling_used ())
8718 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8719 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8720 handler reset it. */
8721 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8722 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8723 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8724 poll_for_input_1 ();
8725 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8728 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8729 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8734 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8738 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8739 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8740 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8741 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8743 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8748 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8750 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8753 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8758 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8759 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8761 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8762 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8763 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8765 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8766 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8772 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8773 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8774 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8775 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8776 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8777 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8780 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8781 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8787 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8788 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8790 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8791 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8793 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8795 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8796 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8800 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8801 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8802 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8803 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8804 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8805 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8807 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8810 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8811 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8815 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8816 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8817 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8820 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8821 just by the event that we get from the server.
8822 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8823 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8824 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8826 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8827 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8828 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8835 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8844 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8845 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8846 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8848 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8853 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8855 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8857 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8860 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8862 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8863 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8865 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8868 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8869 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8875 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8877 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8879 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8880 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8881 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8882 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8883 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8884 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8885 so we have to record it here. */
8888 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8889 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8894 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8895 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8896 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8900 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8902 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8903 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8907 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8909 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8911 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8912 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8913 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8914 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8916 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8917 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8919 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8920 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8924 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8925 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8926 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8927 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8928 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8930 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8931 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8933 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8936 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8937 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8941 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8943 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8945 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8947 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8948 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8951 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8952 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8954 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8956 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8960 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8963 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8966 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8968 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8972 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8973 commands to the X server. */
8974 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8976 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8977 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8979 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8980 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8981 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8982 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8983 toolkit scroll bars. */
8984 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8986 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8987 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8996 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8997 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8999 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9000 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9002 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9003 we are using a toolkit. */
9004 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9005 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9007 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9008 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9011 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9012 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9013 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9015 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9016 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9017 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9019 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9021 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9022 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9023 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9025 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9026 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9027 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9028 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9029 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9030 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9032 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9033 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9034 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9035 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9036 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9037 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9038 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9039 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9040 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9041 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9042 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9043 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9044 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9045 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9046 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9048 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9049 free_frame_faces (f
);
9052 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9055 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9056 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9058 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9059 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9061 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9062 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9063 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9064 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9065 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9066 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9068 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9070 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9071 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9072 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9073 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9074 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9075 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9076 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9083 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9086 x_destroy_window (f
)
9089 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9091 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9092 commands to the X server. */
9093 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9094 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9096 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9100 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9102 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9103 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9104 that the window now has.
9105 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9106 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9107 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9111 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9116 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9118 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9121 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9124 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9126 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9127 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9129 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9130 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9132 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9133 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9134 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9135 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9136 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9137 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9138 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9139 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9140 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9141 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9143 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9144 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9145 size_hints
.max_width
9146 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9147 size_hints
.max_height
9148 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9150 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9152 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9153 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9154 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9156 int base_width
, base_height
;
9157 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9159 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9160 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9162 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9164 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9165 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9166 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9167 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9168 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9170 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9171 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9172 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9175 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9176 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9177 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9178 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9179 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9181 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9182 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9186 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9189 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9192 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9195 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9196 long supplied_return
;
9200 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9203 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9206 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9207 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9208 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9209 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9210 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9214 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9219 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9220 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9221 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9222 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9223 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9224 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9225 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9226 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9230 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9235 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9236 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9240 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9241 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9243 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9246 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9248 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9251 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9253 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9256 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9260 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9263 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9264 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9265 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9266 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9268 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9269 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9271 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9272 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9276 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9280 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9282 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9283 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9288 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9289 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9290 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9291 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9295 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9296 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9297 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9298 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9299 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9300 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9301 best to explicitly give up. */
9303 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9304 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9310 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9314 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9315 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9316 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9317 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9320 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9322 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9323 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9325 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9329 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9333 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9335 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9336 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9337 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9339 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9343 /***********************************************************************
9345 ***********************************************************************/
9347 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9350 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9354 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9358 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9360 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9363 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9365 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9366 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9367 on how many fonts to match. */
9370 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9372 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9376 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9377 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9378 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9379 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9380 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9381 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9383 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9387 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9391 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9392 if (NILP (patterns
))
9393 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9395 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9396 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9397 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9399 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9402 char **names
= NULL
;
9404 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9405 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9406 The cache is an alist of the form:
9407 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9408 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9409 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9410 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9411 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9414 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9415 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9419 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9422 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9424 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9427 unsigned long value
;
9429 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9430 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9432 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9433 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9435 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9439 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9441 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9442 int len
= strlen (name
);
9445 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9446 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9447 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9449 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9453 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9454 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9456 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9457 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9462 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9465 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9468 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9470 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9471 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9478 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9479 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9482 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9491 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9494 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9496 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9497 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9499 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9503 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9510 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9511 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9512 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9516 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9518 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9519 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9520 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9521 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9522 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9523 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9528 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9530 else if (dashes
== 9)
9532 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9533 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9536 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9537 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9539 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9540 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9542 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9543 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9544 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9546 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9547 width of this font. */
9548 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9550 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9551 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9556 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9559 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9564 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9565 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9566 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9569 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9571 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9572 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9573 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9579 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9583 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9587 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9589 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9590 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9591 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9594 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9595 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9596 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9597 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9599 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9600 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9602 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9604 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9610 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9612 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9614 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9618 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9619 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9620 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9621 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9624 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9625 if (found_size
== size
)
9626 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9627 else if (found_size
> 0)
9629 if (NILP (second_best
))
9631 else if (found_size
< size
)
9633 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9634 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9639 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9640 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9645 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9647 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9649 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9660 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9664 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9671 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9673 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9674 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9675 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9678 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9681 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9683 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9684 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9685 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9686 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9687 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9690 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9694 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9695 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9697 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9698 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9699 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9701 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9705 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9706 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9707 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9708 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9709 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9712 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9716 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9718 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9719 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9721 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9722 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9724 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9725 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9727 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9730 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9731 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9732 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9734 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9735 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9738 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9739 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9741 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9742 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9743 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9747 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9748 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9749 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9750 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9753 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9755 register char *fontname
;
9758 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9759 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9762 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9763 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9764 we already have by comparing names. */
9765 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9767 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9772 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9773 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9774 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9775 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9776 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9777 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9778 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9779 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9782 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9786 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9787 unsigned long value
;
9790 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9791 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9792 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9793 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9794 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9795 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9796 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9799 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9800 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9801 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9803 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9804 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9806 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9808 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9813 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9814 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9815 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9818 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9819 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9820 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9823 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9824 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9826 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9829 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9830 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9833 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9835 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9837 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9838 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9839 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9841 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9843 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9845 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9849 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9850 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9852 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9863 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9864 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9871 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9873 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9875 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9876 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9878 if (NILP (font_names
))
9880 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9881 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9882 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9883 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9884 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9885 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9888 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9890 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9891 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9893 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9896 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9898 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9900 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9901 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9903 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9907 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9908 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9909 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9910 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9911 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9912 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9913 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9914 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9916 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9918 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9919 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9920 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9921 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9922 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9924 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9925 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9926 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9927 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9928 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9929 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9930 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9931 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9932 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9933 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9934 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9935 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9936 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9938 fontp
->baseline_offset
9939 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9940 ? (long) value
: 0);
9941 fontp
->relative_compose
9942 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9943 ? (long) value
: 0);
9944 fontp
->default_ascent
9945 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9946 ? (long) value
: 0);
9948 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9949 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9950 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9951 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9952 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9953 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9960 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9961 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9964 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9966 register char *fontname
;
9968 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9971 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9972 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9973 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9974 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9975 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9980 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9981 `encoder' of the structure. */
9984 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9985 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9987 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9990 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9994 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9995 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9997 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10004 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10005 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10007 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10010 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10016 /***********************************************************************
10018 ***********************************************************************/
10020 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10021 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10022 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10023 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10025 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10026 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10027 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10029 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10030 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10031 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10032 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10033 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10034 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10035 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10037 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10039 static int x_initialized
;
10041 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10042 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10043 the screen number from the server number. */
10045 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10046 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10048 int seen_colon
= 0;
10049 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10050 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10051 int length_until_period
= 0;
10053 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10054 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10055 length_until_period
++;
10057 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10058 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10060 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10062 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10063 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10064 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10065 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10066 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10067 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10068 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10069 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10070 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10071 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10072 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10073 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10074 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10075 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10077 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10081 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10085 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10086 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10090 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10091 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10094 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10095 unsigned long mask
;
10102 while (!(mask
& 1))
10118 struct x_display_info
*
10119 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10120 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10122 char *resource_name
;
10126 struct display
*display
;
10127 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10132 if (!x_initialized
)
10140 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10142 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10143 char **argv2
= argv
;
10146 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10148 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10149 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10150 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10151 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10152 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10156 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10160 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10162 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10164 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10165 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10168 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10169 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10172 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10175 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10177 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10181 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10183 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10184 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10186 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10188 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10189 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10190 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10192 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10193 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10194 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10196 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10197 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10202 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10203 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10206 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10207 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10208 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10210 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10211 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10212 So let's not use it until R6. */
10213 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10214 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10225 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10226 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10228 turn_on_atimers (0);
10229 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10230 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10231 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10233 turn_on_atimers (1);
10235 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10236 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10241 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10243 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10245 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10246 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10247 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10249 /* Detect failure. */
10256 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10258 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10259 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10261 display
= x_create_frame_display (dpyinfo
);
10263 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10265 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10268 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10269 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10270 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10271 SDATA (display_name
)))
10274 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10277 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10278 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10279 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10281 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10283 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10284 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10285 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10289 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10290 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10291 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10292 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10293 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10294 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10295 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10297 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10301 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10302 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10303 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10305 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10306 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10307 x_display_name_list
);
10308 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10310 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10313 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10317 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10318 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10320 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10321 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10323 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10324 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10326 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10328 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10329 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10330 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10332 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10333 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10335 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10336 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10337 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10338 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10340 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10342 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10344 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10346 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10347 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10348 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10349 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10350 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10351 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10352 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10353 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10354 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10355 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10356 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10357 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10358 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10359 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10360 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10361 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10362 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10363 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10364 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10365 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10366 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10367 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10368 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10369 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10370 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10371 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10372 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10373 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10374 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10375 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10376 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10377 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10378 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10380 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10381 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10382 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10384 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10386 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10387 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10388 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10389 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10390 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10391 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10394 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10395 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10397 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10400 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10401 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10402 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10404 if (STRINGP (value
)
10405 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10406 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10407 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10411 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10412 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10415 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10416 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10417 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10418 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10419 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10420 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10421 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10424 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10425 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10428 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10429 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10430 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10431 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10433 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10434 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10435 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10436 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10437 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10439 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10441 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10445 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10450 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10451 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10452 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10453 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10454 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10455 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10456 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10457 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10458 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10459 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10460 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10461 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10462 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10463 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10464 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10465 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10466 /* For properties of font. */
10467 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10468 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10469 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10470 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10471 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10472 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10473 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10474 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10476 /* Ghostscript support. */
10477 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10478 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10480 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10483 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10485 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10486 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10491 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10493 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10494 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10495 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10500 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10501 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10503 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10505 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10506 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10510 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10513 #ifdef subprocesses
10514 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10515 if (connection
!= 0)
10516 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10519 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10521 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10522 /* stdin is a socket here */
10523 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10524 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10525 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10526 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10527 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10528 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10531 if (interrupt_input
)
10532 init_sigio (connection
);
10533 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10536 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10537 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10538 so that Xt does not crash. */
10540 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10541 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10545 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10546 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10547 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10548 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10549 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10550 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10551 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10552 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10554 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10555 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10556 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10561 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10562 for debugging X code. */
10565 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10566 build_string ("synchronous"),
10567 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10569 if (STRINGP (value
)
10570 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10571 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10572 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10577 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10578 build_string ("useXIM"),
10579 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10582 if (STRINGP (value
)
10583 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10584 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10587 if (STRINGP (value
)
10588 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10589 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10595 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10596 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10597 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10605 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10606 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10609 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10610 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10615 /* Delete the generic struct display for this X display. */
10617 for (d
= display_list
; d
; d
= d
->next_display
)
10618 if (d
->type
== output_x_window
&& d
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10620 delete_display (d
);
10625 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10627 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10628 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10629 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10630 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10631 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10636 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10637 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10639 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10641 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10644 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10648 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10649 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10651 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10652 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10655 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10657 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10658 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10659 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10662 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10663 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10664 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10667 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10668 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10669 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10673 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10676 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10677 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10678 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10680 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10681 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10682 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10685 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10686 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10688 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10689 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10690 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10694 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10696 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10697 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10698 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10699 that slows us down. */
10702 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10703 struct atimer
*timer
;
10705 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10708 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10709 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10714 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10717 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10719 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10721 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10723 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10727 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10729 x_after_update_window_line
,
10730 x_update_window_begin
,
10731 x_update_window_end
,
10737 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10739 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10740 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10741 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10742 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10743 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10744 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10747 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10748 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10749 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10750 x_clear_frame_area
,
10751 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10752 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10753 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10757 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10759 x_delete_frame_display (struct display
*display
)
10761 /* We don't do anything, the connection to the X server must remain
10767 x_create_frame_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10769 struct display
*display
;
10771 display
= create_display ();
10773 display
->type
= output_x_window
;
10774 display
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10775 dpyinfo
->frame_display
= display
;
10777 display
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10778 display
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10779 display
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10780 display
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10781 display
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10782 display
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10783 display
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10784 display
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10785 display
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10786 display
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10787 display
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10788 display
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10789 display
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10790 display
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10791 display
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10792 display
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10793 display
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10794 display
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10796 display
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10797 display
->delete_display_hook
= x_delete_frame_display
;
10799 display
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10800 display
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10801 display
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10802 display
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10803 display
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10804 display
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10816 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10817 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10818 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10821 current_count
= -1;
10824 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10825 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10827 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10828 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10830 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10832 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10833 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10834 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10835 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10836 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10837 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10838 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10840 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10842 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10843 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10844 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10845 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10846 widgets don't behave normally. */
10848 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10849 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10850 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10854 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10856 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10857 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10861 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10862 original error handler. */
10863 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10864 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10866 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10868 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10869 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10871 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10878 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10879 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10881 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10882 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10884 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10885 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10887 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10888 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10890 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10891 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10892 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10893 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10895 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10896 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10898 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10899 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10900 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10901 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10902 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10903 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10904 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10906 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10907 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10908 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10909 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10910 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10911 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10912 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10913 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10914 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10916 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10917 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10918 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10919 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10920 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10922 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10923 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10924 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10926 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10928 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10931 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10934 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10935 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10937 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10938 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10939 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10940 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10941 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10942 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10943 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10944 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10945 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10947 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10948 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10949 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10950 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10951 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10952 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10954 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10955 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10956 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10957 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10958 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10959 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10961 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10962 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10963 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10964 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10965 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10966 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10968 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10969 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10970 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10971 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10972 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10973 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10975 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10976 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10977 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10978 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10979 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10983 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10985 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10986 (do not change this comment) */